xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision a3bc8425)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 **
620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
621 **
622 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
623 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
624 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
625 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
626 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
627 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
628 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
629 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
630 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
631 */
632 struct Pager {
633   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
634   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
635   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
636   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
637   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
638   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
639   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
640   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
641   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
642   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
643   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
644   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
645   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
646 
647   /**************************************************************************
648   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
649   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
650   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
651   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
652   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
653   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
654   ** "configuration" of the pager.
655   */
656   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
657   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
658   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
659   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
660   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
661   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
662   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
663   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
664   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
665   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
666   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
667   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
668   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
669   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
670   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
671   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
672   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
673   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
674   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
675   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
676   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
677   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
678   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
679   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
680   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
681   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
682   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
683 
684   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
685   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
686   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
687   /*
688   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
689   ***************************************************************************/
690 
691   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
692   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
693   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
694   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
695   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
696   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
697   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
698   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
699   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
700   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
701   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
702   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
704   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
705 #endif
706   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
707   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
709   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
710   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
711   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
712   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
713 #endif
714   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
715   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
717   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
718   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
719 #endif
720 };
721 
722 /*
723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
726 */
727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
730 
731 /*
732 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
733 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
734 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
735 */
736 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
737 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
738 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
739 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
740 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
741 #else
742 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
743 #endif
744 
745 
746 
747 /*
748 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
749 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
750 **
751 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
752 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
753 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
754 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
755 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
756 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
757 ** journal and ignore it.
758 **
759 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
760 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
761 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
762 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
763 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
764 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
765 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
766 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
767 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
768 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
769 */
770 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
771   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
772 };
773 
774 /*
775 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
776 ** the following macro.
777 */
778 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
779 
780 /*
781 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
782 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
783 */
784 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
785 
786 /*
787 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
788 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
789 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
790 ** out code that would never execute.
791 */
792 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
793 # define MEMDB 0
794 #else
795 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
796 #endif
797 
798 /*
799 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
800 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
801 */
802 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
803 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
804 #else
805 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
806 #endif
807 
808 /*
809 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
810 */
811 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
812 
813 /*
814 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
815 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
816 **
817 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
818 **
819 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
820 **
821 ** instead of
822 **
823 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
824 */
825 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
826 
827 /*
828 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno.
829 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database.
830 */
831 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ)
832 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
833   u32 iRead = 0;
834   int rc;
835   if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0;
836   rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
837   return rc || iRead;
838 }
839 #endif
840 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
841 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
842 #else
843 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
844 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
845 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
846 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
847 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
848 #endif
849 
850 #ifndef NDEBUG
851 /*
852 ** Usage:
853 **
854 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
855 **
856 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
857 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
858 */
859 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
860   Pager *pPager = p;
861 
862   /* State must be valid. */
863   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
864        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
865        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
866        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
867        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
868        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
869        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
870   );
871 
872   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
873   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
874   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
875   */
876   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
877   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
878 
879   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
880   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
881   */
882   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
883   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
884 
885   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
886   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
887   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
888   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
889   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
890   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
891   ** state.
892   */
893   if( MEMDB ){
894     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
895     assert( p->noSync );
896     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
897          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
898     );
899     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
900     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
901   }
902 
903   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
904   ** on the file.
905   */
906   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
907   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
908 
909   switch( p->eState ){
910     case PAGER_OPEN:
911       assert( !MEMDB );
912       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
913       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
914       break;
915 
916     case PAGER_READER:
917       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
918       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
919       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
920       break;
921 
922     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
923       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
924       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
925       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
926         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
927       }
928       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
929       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
930       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
931       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
932       break;
933 
934     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
935       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
936       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
937       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
938         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
939         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
940         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
941         ** to journal_mode=wal.
942         */
943         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
944         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
945              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
946              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
947         );
948       }
949       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
950       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
951       break;
952 
953     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
954       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
955       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
956       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
957       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
958       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
959            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
960            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
961            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
962       );
963       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
964       break;
965 
966     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
967       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
968       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
969       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
970       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
971            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
972            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
973            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
974       );
975       break;
976 
977     case PAGER_ERROR:
978       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
979       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
980       ** back to OPEN state.
981       */
982       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
983       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
984       break;
985   }
986 
987   return 1;
988 }
989 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
990 
991 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
992 /*
993 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
994 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
995 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
996 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
997 **
998 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
999 */
1000 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
1001   static char zRet[1024];
1002 
1003   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
1004       "Filename:      %s\n"
1005       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
1006       "Lock:          %s\n"
1007       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1008       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1009       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1010       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1011       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1012       , p->zFilename
1013       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1014         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1015         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1016         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1017         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1018         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1019         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1020       , (int)p->errCode
1021       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1022         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1023         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1024         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1025         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1026       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1027       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1028         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1029         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1030         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1031         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1032         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1033       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1034       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1035       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1036   );
1037 
1038   return zRet;
1039 }
1040 #endif
1041 
1042 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1043 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1044 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1045 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1046 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1047 #endif
1048 
1049 /*
1050 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1051 ** content from the pager.
1052 */
1053 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1054   if( pPager->errCode ){
1055     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1056 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1057   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1058 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1059    && pPager->xCodec==0
1060 #endif
1061   ){
1062     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1063 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1064   }else{
1065     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1066   }
1067 }
1068 
1069 /*
1070 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1071 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1072 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1073 **
1074 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1075 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1076 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1077 */
1078 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1079   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1080   PagerSavepoint *p;
1081   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1082   int i;
1083   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1084     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1085     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1086       return 1;
1087     }
1088   }
1089   return 0;
1090 }
1091 
1092 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1093 /*
1094 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1095 */
1096 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1097   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1098 }
1099 #endif
1100 
1101 /*
1102 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1103 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1104 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1105 **
1106 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1107 */
1108 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1109   unsigned char ac[4];
1110   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1111   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1112     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1113   }
1114   return rc;
1115 }
1116 
1117 /*
1118 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1119 */
1120 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1121 
1122 
1123 /*
1124 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1125 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1126 */
1127 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1128   char ac[4];
1129   put32bits(ac, val);
1130   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1131 }
1132 
1133 /*
1134 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1135 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1136 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1137 **
1138 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1139 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1140 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1141 */
1142 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1143   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1144 
1145   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1146   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1147   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1148   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1149     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1150     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1151     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1152       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1153     }
1154     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1155   }
1156   return rc;
1157 }
1158 
1159 /*
1160 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1161 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1162 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1163 **
1164 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1165 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1166 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1167 ** of this.
1168 */
1169 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1170   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1171 
1172   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1173   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1174     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1175     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1176       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1177       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1178     }
1179   }
1180   return rc;
1181 }
1182 
1183 /*
1184 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1185 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1186 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1187 **
1188 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1189 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1190 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1191 **      to the page size.
1192 **
1193 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1194 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1195 **
1196 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1197 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1198 ** returned in this case.
1199 **
1200 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1201 */
1202 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1203   assert( !MEMDB );
1204 
1205 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1206  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1207   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1208 
1209   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1210   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1211 #else
1212   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1213 #endif
1214 
1215 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1216   if( dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC ){
1217     return -1;
1218   }
1219 #endif
1220 
1221 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1222   {
1223     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1224     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1225 
1226     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1227     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1228     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1229       return 0;
1230     }
1231   }
1232 
1233   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1234 #endif
1235 
1236   return 0;
1237 }
1238 
1239 /*
1240 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1241 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1242 ** and debugging only.
1243 */
1244 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1245 /*
1246 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1247 */
1248 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1249   u32 hash = 0;
1250   int i;
1251   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1252     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1253   }
1254   return hash;
1255 }
1256 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1257   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1258 }
1259 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1260   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1261 }
1262 
1263 /*
1264 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1265 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1266 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1267 */
1268 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1269 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1270   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1271   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1272   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1273 }
1274 
1275 #else
1276 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1277 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1278 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1279 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1280 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1281 
1282 /*
1283 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1284 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1285 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1286 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1287 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1288 **
1289 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1290 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1291 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1292 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1293 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1294 ** were present in the journal.
1295 **
1296 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1297 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1298 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1299 ** journal file name.
1300 **
1301 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1302 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1303 **
1304 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1305 ** error code is returned.
1306 */
1307 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1308   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1309   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1310   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1311   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1312   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1313   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1314   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1315 
1316   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1317    || szJ<16
1318    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1319    || len>=nMaster
1320    || len>szJ-16
1321    || len==0
1322    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1323    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1324    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1325    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1326   ){
1327     return rc;
1328   }
1329 
1330   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1331   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1332     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1333   }
1334   if( cksum ){
1335     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1336     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1337     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1338     ** master-journal filename.
1339     */
1340     len = 0;
1341   }
1342   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1343 
1344   return SQLITE_OK;
1345 }
1346 
1347 /*
1348 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1349 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1350 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1351 **
1352 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1353 **
1354 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1355 **   ---------------------------------------
1356 **   0                         0
1357 **   512                       512
1358 **   100                       512
1359 **   2000                      2048
1360 **
1361 */
1362 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1363   i64 offset = 0;
1364   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1365   if( c ){
1366     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1367   }
1368   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1369   assert( offset>=c );
1370   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1371   return offset;
1372 }
1373 
1374 /*
1375 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1376 **
1377 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1378 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1379 **
1380 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1381 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1382 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1383 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1384 ** after writing or truncating it.
1385 **
1386 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1387 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1388 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1389 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1390 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1391 **
1392 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1393 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1394 */
1395 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1396   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1397   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1398   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1399   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1400     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1401 
1402     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1403     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1404       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1405     }else{
1406       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1407       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1408     }
1409     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1410       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1411     }
1412 
1413     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1414     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1415     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1416     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1417     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1418     */
1419     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1420       i64 sz;
1421       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1422       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1423         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1424       }
1425     }
1426   }
1427   return rc;
1428 }
1429 
1430 /*
1431 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1432 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1433 ** current location.
1434 **
1435 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1436 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1437 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1438 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1439 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1440 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1441 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1442 **
1443 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1444 */
1445 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1446   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1447   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1448   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1449   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1450   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1451 
1452   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1453 
1454   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1455     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1456   }
1457 
1458   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1459   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1460   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1461   */
1462   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1463     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1464       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1465     }
1466   }
1467 
1468   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1469 
1470   /*
1471   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1472   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1473   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1474   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1475   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1476   **
1477   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1478   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1479   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1480   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1481   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1482   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1483   **
1484   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1485   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1486   **
1487   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1488   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1489   */
1490   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1491   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1492    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1493   ){
1494     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1495     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1496   }else{
1497     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1498   }
1499 
1500   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1501   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1502   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1503   /* The initial database size */
1504   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1505   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1506   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1507 
1508   /* The page size */
1509   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1510 
1511   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1512   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1513   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1514   ** take the performance hit.
1515   */
1516   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1517          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1518 
1519   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1520   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1521   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1522   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1523   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1524   **
1525   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1526   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1527   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1528   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1529   ** is done.
1530   **
1531   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1532   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1533   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1534   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1535   */
1536   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1537     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1538     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1539     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1540     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1541   }
1542 
1543   return rc;
1544 }
1545 
1546 /*
1547 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1548 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1549 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1550 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1551 ** a description of the journal header format.
1552 **
1553 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1554 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1555 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1556 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1557 ** in this case.
1558 **
1559 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1560 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1561 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1562 */
1563 static int readJournalHdr(
1564   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1565   int isHot,
1566   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1567   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1568   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1569 ){
1570   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1571   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1572   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1573 
1574   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1575 
1576   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1577   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1578   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1579   */
1580   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1581   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1582     return SQLITE_DONE;
1583   }
1584   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1585 
1586   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1587   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1588   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1589   ** proceed.
1590   */
1591   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1592     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1593     if( rc ){
1594       return rc;
1595     }
1596     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1597       return SQLITE_DONE;
1598     }
1599   }
1600 
1601   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1602   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1603   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1604   */
1605   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1606    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1607    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1608   ){
1609     return rc;
1610   }
1611 
1612   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1613     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1614     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1615 
1616     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1617     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1618      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1619     ){
1620       return rc;
1621     }
1622 
1623     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1624     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1625     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1626     */
1627     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1628       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1629     }
1630 
1631     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1632     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1633     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1634     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1635     */
1636     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1637      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1638      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1639     ){
1640       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1641       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1642       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1643       ** the journal file here.
1644       */
1645       return SQLITE_DONE;
1646     }
1647 
1648     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1649     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1650     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1651     */
1652     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1653     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1654 
1655     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1656     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1657     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1658     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1659     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1660     */
1661     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1662   }
1663 
1664   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1665   return rc;
1666 }
1667 
1668 
1669 /*
1670 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1671 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1672 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1673 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1674 ** anything is written. The format is:
1675 **
1676 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1677 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1678 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1679 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1680 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1681 **
1682 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1683 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1684 **
1685 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1686 ** this call is a no-op.
1687 */
1688 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1689   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1690   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1691   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1692   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1693   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1694 
1695   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1696   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1697 
1698   if( !zMaster
1699    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1700    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1701   ){
1702     return SQLITE_OK;
1703   }
1704   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1705   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1706 
1707   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1708   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1709     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1710   }
1711 
1712   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1713   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1714   ** the journal has already been synced.
1715   */
1716   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1717     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1718   }
1719   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1720 
1721   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1722   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1723   */
1724   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1725    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1726    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1727    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1728    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1729                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1730   ){
1731     return rc;
1732   }
1733   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1734 
1735   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1736   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1737   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1738   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1739   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1740   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1741   **
1742   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1743   ** file to the required size.
1744   */
1745   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1746    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1747   ){
1748     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1749   }
1750   return rc;
1751 }
1752 
1753 /*
1754 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1755 */
1756 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1757   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1758   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1759   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1760 }
1761 
1762 /*
1763 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1764 */
1765 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1766   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1767   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1768 }
1769 
1770 /*
1771 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1772 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1773 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1774 */
1775 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1776   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1777   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1778     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1779   }
1780   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1781     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1782   }
1783   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1784   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1785   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1786   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1787 }
1788 
1789 /*
1790 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1791 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1792 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1793 */
1794 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1795   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1796   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1797 
1798   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1799     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1800     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1801       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1802       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1803       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1804     }
1805   }
1806   return rc;
1807 }
1808 
1809 /*
1810 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1811 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1812 ** state.
1813 **
1814 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1815 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1816 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1817 ** closed (if it is open).
1818 **
1819 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1820 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1821 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1822 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1823 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1824 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1825 */
1826 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1827 
1828   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1829        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1830        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1831   );
1832 
1833   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1834   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1835   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1836 
1837   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1838     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1839     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1840     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1841   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1842     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1843     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1844 
1845     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1846     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1847     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1848     ** out from under us.
1849     */
1850     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1851     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1852     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1853     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1854     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1855     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1856     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1857      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1858     ){
1859       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1860     }
1861 
1862     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1863     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1864     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1865     ** is necessary.
1866     */
1867     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1868     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1869       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1870     }
1871 
1872     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1873     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1874     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1875     */
1876     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1877     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1878     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1879   }
1880 
1881   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1882   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1883   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1884   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1885   */
1886   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1887   if( pPager->errCode ){
1888     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1889       pager_reset(pPager);
1890       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1891       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1892     }else{
1893       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1894     }
1895     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1896     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1897     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1898   }
1899 
1900   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1901   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1902   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1903 }
1904 
1905 /*
1906 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1907 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1908 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1909 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1910 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1911 **
1912 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1913 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1914 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1915 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1916 **
1917 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1918 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1919 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1920 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1921 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1922 ** it were a hot-journal).
1923 */
1924 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1925   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1926   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1927   assert(
1928        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1929        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1930        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1931   );
1932   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1933     pPager->errCode = rc;
1934     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1935     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1936   }
1937   return rc;
1938 }
1939 
1940 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1941 
1942 /*
1943 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1944 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1945 **
1946 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1947 **
1948 ** Rules:
1949 **
1950 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1951 **      for transactions to be durable.
1952 **
1953 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1954 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1955 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1956 **      cache size.
1957 */
1958 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1959   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1960   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1961   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1962   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1963 }
1964 
1965 /*
1966 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1967 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1968 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1969 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1970 ** database transaction.
1971 **
1972 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1973 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1974 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1975 **
1976 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1977 **
1978 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1979 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1980 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1981 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1982 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1983 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1984 **
1985 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1986 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1987 **     in-memory journal.
1988 **
1989 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1990 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1991 **
1992 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1993 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1994 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1995 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1996 **
1997 **   journalMode==DELETE
1998 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1999 **
2000 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
2001 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
2002 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
2003 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
2004 **
2005 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
2006 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2007 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2008 **
2009 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2010 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2011 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2012 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2013 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2014 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2015 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2016 ** returned.
2017 */
2018 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
2019   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2020   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2021 
2022   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2023   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2024   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2025   ** held under two circumstances:
2026   **
2027   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2028   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2029   **
2030   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2031   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2032   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2033   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2034   */
2035   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2036   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2037   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2038     return SQLITE_OK;
2039   }
2040 
2041   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2042   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2043       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2044   );
2045   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2046     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2047 
2048     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2049     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2050       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2051       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2052     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2053       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2054         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2055       }else{
2056         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2057         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2058           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2059           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2060           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2061           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2062           */
2063           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2064         }
2065       }
2066       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2067     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2068       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2069     ){
2070       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2071       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2072     }else{
2073       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2074       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2075       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2076       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2077       */
2078       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2079       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2080       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2081            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2082            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2083       );
2084       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2085       if( bDelete ){
2086         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2087       }
2088     }
2089   }
2090 
2091 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2092   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2093   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2094     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2095     if( p ){
2096       p->pageHash = 0;
2097       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2098     }
2099   }
2100 #endif
2101 
2102   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2103   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2104   pPager->nRec = 0;
2105   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2106     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2107       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2108     }else{
2109       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2110     }
2111     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2112   }
2113 
2114   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2115     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2116     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2117     ** lock held on the database file.
2118     */
2119     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2120     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2121   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2122     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2123     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2124     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2125     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2126     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2127     ** required size.  */
2128     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2129     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2130   }
2131 
2132   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2133     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2134     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2135   }
2136 
2137   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2138    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2139   ){
2140     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2141     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2142   }
2143   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2144   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2145 
2146   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2147 }
2148 
2149 /*
2150 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2151 ** database file.
2152 **
2153 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2154 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2155 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2156 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2157 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2158 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2159 ** will roll it back.
2160 **
2161 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2162 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2163 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2164 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2165 */
2166 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2167   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2168     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2169     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2170       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2171       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2172       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2173     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2174       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2175       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2176     }
2177   }
2178   pager_unlock(pPager);
2179 }
2180 
2181 /*
2182 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2183 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2184 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2185 **
2186 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2187 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2188 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2189 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2190 **
2191 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2192 ** incompatible journal file format.
2193 **
2194 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2195 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2196 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2197 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2198 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2199 */
2200 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2201   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2202   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2203   while( i>0 ){
2204     cksum += aData[i];
2205     i -= 200;
2206   }
2207   return cksum;
2208 }
2209 
2210 /*
2211 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2212 ** to the codec.
2213 */
2214 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2215 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2216   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2217     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2218                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2219   }
2220 }
2221 #else
2222 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2223 #endif
2224 
2225 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2226 /*
2227 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2228 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2229 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2230 */
2231 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2232   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2233     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2234     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2235   }
2236 }
2237 #endif
2238 
2239 /*
2240 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2241 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2242 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2243 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2244 **
2245 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2246 ** not.
2247 **
2248 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2249 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2250 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2251 **
2252 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2253 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2254 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2255 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2256 ** prior to returning.
2257 **
2258 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2259 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2260 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2261 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2262 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2263 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2264 ** two circumstances:
2265 **
2266 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2267 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2268 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2269 **
2270 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2271 **
2272 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2273 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2274 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2275 */
2276 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2277   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2278   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2279   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2280   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2281   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2282 ){
2283   int rc;
2284   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2285   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2286   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2287   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2288   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2289   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2290 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2291   /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
2292   ** the codec.  It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
2293   const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
2294 #endif
2295 
2296   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2297   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2298   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2299   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2300 
2301   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2302   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2303   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2304 
2305   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2306   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2307   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2308   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2309   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2310   */
2311   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2312        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2313   );
2314   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2315 
2316   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2317   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2318   */
2319   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2320   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2321   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2322   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2323   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2324   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2325 
2326   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2327   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2328   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2329   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2330   */
2331   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2332     assert( !isSavepnt );
2333     return SQLITE_DONE;
2334   }
2335   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2336     return SQLITE_OK;
2337   }
2338   if( isMainJrnl ){
2339     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2340     if( rc ) return rc;
2341     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2342       return SQLITE_DONE;
2343     }
2344   }
2345 
2346   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2347   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2348   */
2349   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2350     return rc;
2351   }
2352 
2353   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2354   */
2355   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2356     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2357     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2358   }
2359 
2360   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2361   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2362   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2363   **
2364   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2365   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2366   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2367   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2368   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2369   ** assert()able.
2370   **
2371   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2372   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2373   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2374   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2375   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2376   **
2377   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2378   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2379   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2380   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2381   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2382   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2383   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2384   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2385   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2386   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2387   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2388   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2389   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2390   **
2391   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2392   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2393   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2394   */
2395   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2396     pPg = 0;
2397   }else{
2398     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2399   }
2400   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2401   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2402   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2403            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2404            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2405   ));
2406   if( isMainJrnl ){
2407     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2408   }else{
2409     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2410   }
2411   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2412    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2413    && isSynced
2414   ){
2415     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2416     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2417     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2418 
2419     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2420     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2421     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2422     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2423     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2424     ** file.  */
2425 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2426     if( !jrnlEnc ){
2427       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2428       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2429       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2430     }else
2431 #endif
2432     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2433 
2434     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2435       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2436     }
2437     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2438 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2439       if( jrnlEnc ){
2440         CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2441         sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2442         CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
2443       }else
2444 #endif
2445       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2446     }
2447   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2448     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2449     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2450     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2451     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2452     ** current.
2453     **
2454     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2455     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2456     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2457     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2458     **
2459     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2460     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2461     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2462     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2463     */
2464     assert( isSavepnt );
2465     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2466     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2467     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2468     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2469     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2470     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2471     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2472   }
2473   if( pPg ){
2474     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2475     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2476     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2477     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2478     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2479     */
2480     void *pData;
2481     pData = pPg->pData;
2482     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2483     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2484     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2485     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2486     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2487     ** has been removed. */
2488     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2489 
2490     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2491     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2492     if( pgno==1 ){
2493       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2494     }
2495 
2496     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2497 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2498     if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
2499 #endif
2500     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2501   }
2502   return rc;
2503 }
2504 
2505 /*
2506 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2507 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2508 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2509 ** and does so if it is.
2510 **
2511 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2512 ** available for use within this function.
2513 **
2514 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2515 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2516 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2517 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2518 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2519 **
2520 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2521 **
2522 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2523 ** journals have been rolled back.
2524 **
2525 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2526 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2527 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2528 **
2529 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2530 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2531 **     file zMaster
2532 **
2533 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2534 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2535 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2536 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2537 **
2538 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2539 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2540 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2541 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2542 **
2543 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2544 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2545 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2546 ** size.
2547 */
2548 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2549   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2550   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2551   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2552   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2553   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2554   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2555   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2556   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2557   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2558 
2559   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2560   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2561   */
2562   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2563   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2564   if( !pMaster ){
2565     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2566   }else{
2567     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2568     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2569   }
2570   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2571 
2572   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2573   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2574   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2575   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2576   */
2577   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2578   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2579   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2580   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2581   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2582     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2583     goto delmaster_out;
2584   }
2585   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2586   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2587   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2588   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2589 
2590   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2591   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2592     int exists;
2593     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2594     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2595       goto delmaster_out;
2596     }
2597     if( exists ){
2598       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2599       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2600       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2601       */
2602       int c;
2603       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2604       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2605       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2606         goto delmaster_out;
2607       }
2608 
2609       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2610       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2611       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2612         goto delmaster_out;
2613       }
2614 
2615       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2616       if( c ){
2617         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2618         goto delmaster_out;
2619       }
2620     }
2621     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2622   }
2623 
2624   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2625   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2626 
2627 delmaster_out:
2628   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2629   if( pMaster ){
2630     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2631     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2632     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2633   }
2634   return rc;
2635 }
2636 
2637 
2638 /*
2639 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2640 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2641 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2642 **
2643 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2644 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2645 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2646 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2647 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2648 **
2649 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2650 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2651 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2652 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2653 ** the end of the new file instead.
2654 **
2655 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2656 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2657 */
2658 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2659   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2660   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2661   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2662 
2663   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2664    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2665   ){
2666     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2667     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2668     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2669     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2670     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2671     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2672     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2673       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2674         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2675       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2676         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2677         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2678         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2679         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2680         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2681       }
2682       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2683         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2684       }
2685     }
2686   }
2687   return rc;
2688 }
2689 
2690 /*
2691 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2692 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2693 */
2694 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2695   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2696   if( iRet<32 ){
2697     iRet = 512;
2698   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2699     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2700     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2701   }
2702   return iRet;
2703 }
2704 
2705 /*
2706 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2707 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2708 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2709 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2710 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2711 **
2712 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2713 **
2714 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2715 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2716 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2717 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2718 **
2719 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2720 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2721 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2722 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2723 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2724 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2725 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2726 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2727 */
2728 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2729   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2730 
2731   if( pPager->tempFile
2732    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2733               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2734   ){
2735     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2736     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2737     ** call will segfault. */
2738     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2739   }else{
2740     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2741   }
2742 }
2743 
2744 /*
2745 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2746 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2747 **
2748 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2749 **
2750 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2751 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2752 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2753 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2754 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2755 **       sanity checksum.
2756 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2757 **       database to during a rollback.
2758 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2759 **       is this many bytes in size.
2760 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2761 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2762 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2763 **        +  4 byte page number.
2764 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2765 **        +  4 byte checksum
2766 **
2767 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2768 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2769 **
2770 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2771 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2772 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2773 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2774 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2775 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2776 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2777 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2778 **
2779 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2780 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2781 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2782 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2783 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2784 **
2785 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2786 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2787 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2788 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2789 ** been encountered.
2790 **
2791 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2792 ** and an error code is returned.
2793 **
2794 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2795 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2796 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2797 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2798 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2799 ** needed.
2800 */
2801 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2802   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2803   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2804   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2805   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2806   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2807   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2808   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2809   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2810   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2811   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2812   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2813 
2814   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2815   ** the journal is empty.
2816   */
2817   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2818   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2819   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2820     goto end_playback;
2821   }
2822 
2823   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2824   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2825   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2826   ** played back.
2827   **
2828   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2829   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2830   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2831   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2832   ** for pageSize.
2833   */
2834   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2835   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2836   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2837     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2838   }
2839   zMaster = 0;
2840   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2841     goto end_playback;
2842   }
2843   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2844   needPagerReset = isHot;
2845 
2846   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2847   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2848   ** occurs.
2849   */
2850   while( 1 ){
2851     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2852     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2853     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2854     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2855     */
2856     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2857     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2858       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2859         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2860       }
2861       goto end_playback;
2862     }
2863 
2864     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2865     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2866     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2867     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2868     */
2869     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2870       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2871       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2872     }
2873 
2874     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2875     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2876     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2877     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2878     ** size of the file.
2879     **
2880     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2881     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2882     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2883     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2884     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2885     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2886     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2887     */
2888     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2889         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2890       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2891     }
2892 
2893     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2894     ** database file back to its original size.
2895     */
2896     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2897       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2898       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2899         goto end_playback;
2900       }
2901       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2902     }
2903 
2904     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2905     ** database file and/or page cache.
2906     */
2907     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2908       if( needPagerReset ){
2909         pager_reset(pPager);
2910         needPagerReset = 0;
2911       }
2912       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2913       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2914         nPlayback++;
2915       }else{
2916         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2917           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2918           break;
2919         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2920           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2921           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2922           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2923           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2924           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2925           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2926           goto end_playback;
2927         }else{
2928           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2929           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2930           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2931           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2932           */
2933           goto end_playback;
2934         }
2935       }
2936     }
2937   }
2938   /*NOTREACHED*/
2939   assert( 0 );
2940 
2941 end_playback:
2942   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2943     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2944   }
2945   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2946   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2947   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2948   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2949   */
2950 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2951   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2952     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2953   }
2954 #endif
2955 
2956   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2957   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2958   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2959   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2960   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2961   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2962   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2963   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2964   */
2965   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2966 
2967   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2968     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2969     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2970     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2971   }
2972   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2973    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2974   ){
2975     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2976   }
2977   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2978     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2979     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2980   }
2981   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2982     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2983     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2984     */
2985     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2986     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2987   }
2988   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2989     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2990                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2991   }
2992 
2993   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2994   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2995   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2996   */
2997   setSectorSize(pPager);
2998   return rc;
2999 }
3000 
3001 
3002 /*
3003 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
3004 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
3005 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
3006 ** file before this function is called.
3007 **
3008 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
3009 ** the value read from the database file.
3010 **
3011 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
3012 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3013 */
3014 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3015   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
3016   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
3017 
3018 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3019   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
3020 
3021   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
3022   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3023 
3024   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3025     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3026     if( rc ) return rc;
3027   }
3028   if( iFrame ){
3029     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
3030   }else
3031 #endif
3032   {
3033     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
3034     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
3035     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3036       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3037     }
3038   }
3039 
3040   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
3041     if( rc ){
3042       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3043       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
3044       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
3045       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3046       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
3047       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3048       **
3049       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
3050       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
3051       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3052       ** we should still be ok.
3053       */
3054       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3055     }else{
3056       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3057       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3058     }
3059   }
3060   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
3061 
3062   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3063   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3064   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3065   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3066                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3067 
3068   return rc;
3069 }
3070 
3071 /*
3072 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3073 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3074 **
3075 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3076 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3077 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3078 */
3079 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3080   u32 change_counter;
3081 
3082   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3083   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3084   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3085 
3086   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3087   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3088   ** is valid. */
3089   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3090   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3091 }
3092 
3093 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3094 /*
3095 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3096 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3097 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3098 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3099 **
3100 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3101 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3102 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3103 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3104 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3105 */
3106 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3107   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3108   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3109   PgHdr *pPg;
3110 
3111   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3112   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3113   if( pPg ){
3114     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3115       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3116     }else{
3117       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3118       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3119         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3120       }
3121       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3122     }
3123   }
3124 
3125   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3126   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3127   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3128   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3129   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3130   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3131   ** the backups must be restarted.
3132   */
3133   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3134 
3135   return rc;
3136 }
3137 
3138 /*
3139 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3140 */
3141 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3142   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3143   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3144 
3145   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3146   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3147   ** following:
3148   **
3149   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3150   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3151   */
3152   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3153   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3154   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3155   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3156     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3157     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3158     pList = pNext;
3159   }
3160 
3161   return rc;
3162 }
3163 
3164 /*
3165 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3166 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3167 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3168 ** changed.
3169 **
3170 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3171 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3172 */
3173 static int pagerWalFrames(
3174   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3175   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3176   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3177   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3178 ){
3179   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3180   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3181   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3182 
3183   assert( pPager->pWal );
3184   assert( pList );
3185 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3186   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3187   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3188     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3189   }
3190 #endif
3191 
3192   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3193   if( isCommit ){
3194     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3195     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3196     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3197     ** list here. */
3198     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3199     nList = 0;
3200     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3201       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3202         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3203         nList++;
3204       }
3205     }
3206     assert( pList );
3207   }else{
3208     nList = 1;
3209   }
3210   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3211 
3212   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3213   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3214       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3215   );
3216   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3217     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3218       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3219     }
3220   }
3221 
3222 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3223   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3224   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3225     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3226   }
3227 #endif
3228 
3229   return rc;
3230 }
3231 
3232 /*
3233 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3234 **
3235 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3236 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3237 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3238 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3239 */
3240 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3241   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3242   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3243 
3244   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3245   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3246 
3247   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3248   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3249   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3250   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3251   */
3252   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3253 
3254   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3255   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3256     pager_reset(pPager);
3257     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3258   }
3259 
3260   return rc;
3261 }
3262 #endif
3263 
3264 /*
3265 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3266 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3267 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3268 **
3269 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3270 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3271 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3272 */
3273 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3274   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3275 
3276   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3277   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3278   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3279   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3280   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3281   */
3282   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3283   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3284   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3285   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3286   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3287 
3288   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3289   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3290   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3291   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3292   */
3293   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3294     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3295     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3296     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3297       return rc;
3298     }
3299     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3300   }
3301 
3302   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3303   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3304   ** that the file can be read.
3305   */
3306   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3307     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3308   }
3309 
3310   *pnPage = nPage;
3311   return SQLITE_OK;
3312 }
3313 
3314 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3315 /*
3316 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3317 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3318 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3319 **
3320 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3321 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3322 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3323 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3324 **
3325 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3326 **
3327 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3328 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3329 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3330 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3331 ** other connection.
3332 */
3333 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3334   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3335   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3336   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3337 
3338   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3339     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3340     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3341         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3342     );
3343     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3344       if( isWal ){
3345         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3346 
3347         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3348         if( rc ) return rc;
3349         if( nPage==0 ){
3350           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3351         }else{
3352           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3353           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3354         }
3355       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3356         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3357       }
3358     }
3359   }
3360   return rc;
3361 }
3362 #endif
3363 
3364 /*
3365 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3366 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3367 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3368 ** savepoint.
3369 **
3370 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3371 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3372 ** performed in the order specified:
3373 **
3374 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3375 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3376 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3377 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3378 **
3379 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3380 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3381 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3382 **
3383 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3384 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3385 **     the journal file.
3386 **
3387 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3388 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3389 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3390 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3391 **
3392 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3393 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3394 **
3395 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3396 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3397 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3398 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3399 */
3400 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3401   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3402   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3403   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3404   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3405 
3406   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3407   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3408 
3409   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3410   if( pSavepoint ){
3411     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3412     if( !pDone ){
3413       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3414     }
3415   }
3416 
3417   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3418   ** being reverted was opened.
3419   */
3420   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3421   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3422 
3423   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3424     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3425   }
3426 
3427   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3428   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3429   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3430   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3431   */
3432   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3433   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3434 
3435   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3436   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3437   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3438   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3439   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3440   ** are played back.
3441   */
3442   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3443     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3444     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3445     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3446       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3447     }
3448     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3449   }else{
3450     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3451   }
3452 
3453   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3454   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3455   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3456   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3457   */
3458   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3459     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3460     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3461     u32 dummy;
3462     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3463     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3464 
3465     /*
3466     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3467     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3468     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3469     */
3470     if( nJRec==0
3471      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3472     ){
3473       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3474     }
3475     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3476       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3477     }
3478     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3479   }
3480   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3481 
3482   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3483   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3484   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3485   */
3486   if( pSavepoint ){
3487     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3488     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3489 
3490     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3491       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3492     }
3493     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3494       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3495       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3496     }
3497     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3498   }
3499 
3500   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3501   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3502     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3503   }
3504 
3505   return rc;
3506 }
3507 
3508 /*
3509 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3510 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3511 */
3512 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3513   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3514 }
3515 
3516 /*
3517 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3518 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3519 */
3520 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3521   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3522 }
3523 
3524 /*
3525 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3526 */
3527 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3528 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3529   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3530   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3531     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3532     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3533     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3534     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3535     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3536   }
3537 #endif
3538 }
3539 
3540 /*
3541 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3542 */
3543 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3544   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3545   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3546 }
3547 
3548 /*
3549 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3550 */
3551 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3552   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3553 }
3554 
3555 /*
3556 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3557 **
3558 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3559 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3560 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3561 ** There are four levels:
3562 **
3563 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3564 **              for temporary and transient files.
3565 **
3566 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3567 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3568 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3569 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3570 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3571 **              when it is rolled back.
3572 **
3573 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3574 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3575 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3576 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3577 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3578 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3579 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3580 **
3581 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3582 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3583 **              journal is unlinked.
3584 **
3585 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3586 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3587 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3588 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3589 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3590 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3591 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3592 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3593 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3594 **
3595 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3596 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3597 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3598 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3599 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3600 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3601 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3602 **
3603 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3604 ** and FULL=3.
3605 */
3606 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3607 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3608   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3609   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3610 ){
3611   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3612   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3613     pPager->noSync = 1;
3614     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3615     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3616   }else{
3617     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3618     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3619     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3620   }
3621   if( pPager->noSync ){
3622     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3623   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3624     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3625   }else{
3626     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3627   }
3628   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3629   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3630     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3631   }
3632   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3633     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3634   }
3635   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3636     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3637   }else{
3638     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3639   }
3640 }
3641 #endif
3642 
3643 /*
3644 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3645 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3646 ** testing and analysis only.
3647 */
3648 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3649 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3650 #endif
3651 
3652 /*
3653 ** Open a temporary file.
3654 **
3655 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3656 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3657 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3658 **
3659 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3660 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3661 **
3662 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3663 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3664 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3665 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3666 */
3667 static int pagerOpentemp(
3668   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3669   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3670   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3671 ){
3672   int rc;               /* Return code */
3673 
3674 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3675   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3676 #endif
3677 
3678   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3679             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3680   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3681   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3682   return rc;
3683 }
3684 
3685 /*
3686 ** Set the busy handler function.
3687 **
3688 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3689 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3690 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3691 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3692 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3693 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3694 **
3695 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3696 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3697 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3698 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3699 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3700 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3701 **
3702 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3703 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3704 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3705 */
3706 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3707   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3708   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3709   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3710 ){
3711   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3712   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3713 
3714   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3715     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3716     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3717     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3718     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3719   }
3720 }
3721 
3722 /*
3723 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3724 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3725 **
3726 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3727 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3728 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3729 **
3730 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3731 **
3732 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3733 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3734 **
3735 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3736 **
3737 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3738 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3739 **
3740 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3741 **
3742 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3743 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3744 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3745 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3746 **
3747 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3748 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3749 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3750 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3751 */
3752 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3753   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3754 
3755   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3756   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3757   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3758   **
3759   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3760   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3761   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3762   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3763   */
3764 
3765   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3766   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3767   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3768    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3769    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3770   ){
3771     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3772     i64 nByte = 0;
3773 
3774     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3775       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3776     }
3777     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3778       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3779       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3780     }
3781 
3782     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3783       pager_reset(pPager);
3784       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3785     }
3786     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3787       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3788       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3789       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3790       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3791     }else{
3792       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3793     }
3794   }
3795 
3796   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3797   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3798     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3799     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3800     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3801     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3802     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3803   }
3804   return rc;
3805 }
3806 
3807 /*
3808 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3809 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3810 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3811 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3812 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3813 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3814 */
3815 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3816   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3817 }
3818 
3819 /*
3820 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3821 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3822 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3823 **
3824 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3825 */
3826 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3827   if( mxPage>0 ){
3828     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3829   }
3830   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3831   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3832   return pPager->mxPgno;
3833 }
3834 
3835 /*
3836 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3837 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3838 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3839 **
3840 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3841 ** and generate no code.
3842 */
3843 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3844 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3845 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3846 static int saved_cnt;
3847 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3848   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3849   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3850 }
3851 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3852   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3853 }
3854 #else
3855 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3856 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3857 #endif
3858 
3859 /*
3860 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3861 ** that pDest points to.
3862 **
3863 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3864 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3865 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3866 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3867 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3868 **
3869 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3870 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3871 ** output buffer undefined.
3872 */
3873 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3874   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3875   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3876   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3877 
3878   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3879   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3880   ** to WAL mode yet.
3881   */
3882   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3883 
3884   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3885     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3886     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3887     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3888       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3889     }
3890   }
3891   return rc;
3892 }
3893 
3894 /*
3895 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3896 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3897 **
3898 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3899 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3900 */
3901 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3902   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3903   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3904   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3905 }
3906 
3907 
3908 /*
3909 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3910 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3911 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3912 **
3913 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3914 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3915 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3916 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3917 **
3918 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3919 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3920 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3921 */
3922 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3923   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3924 
3925   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3926   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3927   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3928   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3929   */
3930   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3931        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3932        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3933   );
3934 
3935   do {
3936     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3937   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3938   return rc;
3939 }
3940 
3941 /*
3942 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3943 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3944 **
3945 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3946 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3947 **
3948 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3949 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3950 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3951 **
3952 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3953 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3954 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3955 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3956 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3957 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3958 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3959 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3960 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3961 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3962 */
3963 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3964 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3965   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3966   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3967 }
3968 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3969   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3970 }
3971 #else
3972 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3973 #endif
3974 
3975 /*
3976 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3977 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3978 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3979 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3980 **
3981 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3982 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3983 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3984 ** then continue writing to the database.
3985 */
3986 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3987   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3988   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3989   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3990 
3991   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3992   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3993   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3994   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3995   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3996   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3997   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3998   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3999   ** is no longer correct. */
4000 }
4001 
4002 
4003 /*
4004 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
4005 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
4006 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
4007 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
4008 **
4009 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
4010 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
4011 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
4012 ** content as this process.
4013 **
4014 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
4015 ** an SQLite error code.
4016 */
4017 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
4018   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4019   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4020     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
4021   }
4022   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4023     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
4024   }
4025   return rc;
4026 }
4027 
4028 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
4029 /*
4030 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4031 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4032 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4033 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4034 ** *ppPage to zero.
4035 **
4036 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4037 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4038 */
4039 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4040   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
4041   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
4042   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4043   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4044 ){
4045   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4046 
4047   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4048     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4049     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4050     p->pDirty = 0;
4051     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4052     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4053   }else{
4054     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4055     if( p==0 ){
4056       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4057       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4058     }
4059     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4060     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4061     p->nRef = 1;
4062     p->pPager = pPager;
4063   }
4064 
4065   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4066   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4067   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4068   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4069   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4070 
4071   p->pgno = pgno;
4072   p->pData = pData;
4073   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4074 
4075   return SQLITE_OK;
4076 }
4077 #endif
4078 
4079 /*
4080 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4081 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4082 */
4083 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4084   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4085   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4086   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4087   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4088 
4089   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4090   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4091 }
4092 
4093 /*
4094 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4095 */
4096 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4097   PgHdr *p;
4098   PgHdr *pNext;
4099   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4100     pNext = p->pDirty;
4101     sqlite3_free(p);
4102   }
4103 }
4104 
4105 
4106 /*
4107 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4108 **
4109 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4110 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4111 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4112 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4113 ** result in a coredump.
4114 **
4115 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4116 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4117 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4118 ** to the caller.
4119 */
4120 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4121   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4122 
4123   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4124   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4125   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4126   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4127   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4128   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4129   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4130 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4131   assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4132   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,
4133       (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp)
4134   );
4135   pPager->pWal = 0;
4136 #endif
4137   pager_reset(pPager);
4138   if( MEMDB ){
4139     pager_unlock(pPager);
4140   }else{
4141     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4142     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4143     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4144     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4145     **
4146     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4147     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4148     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4149     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4150     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4151     */
4152     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4153       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4154     }
4155     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4156   }
4157   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4158   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4159   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4160   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4161   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4162   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4163   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4164   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4165 
4166 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4167   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4168 #endif
4169 
4170   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4171   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4172 
4173   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4174   return SQLITE_OK;
4175 }
4176 
4177 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4178 /*
4179 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4180 */
4181 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4182   return pPg->pgno;
4183 }
4184 #endif
4185 
4186 /*
4187 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4188 */
4189 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4190   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4191 }
4192 
4193 /*
4194 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4195 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4196 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4197 **
4198 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4199 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4200 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4201 **
4202 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4203 **     be taken.
4204 **
4205 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4206 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4207 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4208 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4209 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4210 **
4211 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4212 **     journal file is synced.
4213 **
4214 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4215 **
4216 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4217 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4218 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4219 **       <update nRec field>
4220 **     }
4221 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4222 **   }
4223 **
4224 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4225 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4226 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4227 */
4228 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4229   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4230 
4231   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4232        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4233   );
4234   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4235   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4236 
4237   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4238   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4239 
4240   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4241     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4242     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4243       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4244       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4245 
4246       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4247         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4248         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4249         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4250         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4251         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4252         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4253         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4254         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4255         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4256         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4257         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4258         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4259         **
4260         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4261         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4262         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4263         **
4264         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4265         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4266         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4267         ** the potential journal header.
4268         */
4269         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4270         u8 aMagic[8];
4271         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4272 
4273         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4274         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4275 
4276         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4277         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4278         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4279           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4280           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4281         }
4282         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4283           return rc;
4284         }
4285 
4286         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4287         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4288         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4289         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4290         **
4291         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4292         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4293         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4294         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4295         ** and never needs to be updated.
4296         */
4297         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4298           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4299           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4300           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4301           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4302         }
4303         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4304         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4305             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4306         );
4307         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4308       }
4309       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4310         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4311         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4312         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4313           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4314         );
4315         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4316       }
4317 
4318       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4319       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4320         pPager->nRec = 0;
4321         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4322         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4323       }
4324     }else{
4325       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4326     }
4327   }
4328 
4329   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4330   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4331   ** all pages.
4332   */
4333   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4334   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4335   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4336   return SQLITE_OK;
4337 }
4338 
4339 /*
4340 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4341 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4342 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4343 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4344 ** a no-op.
4345 **
4346 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4347 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4348 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4349 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4350 **
4351 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4352 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4353 ** written out.
4354 **
4355 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4356 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4357 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4358 **
4359 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4360 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4361 **
4362 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4363 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4364 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4365 ** the database file.
4366 **
4367 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4368 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4369 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4370 */
4371 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4372   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4373 
4374   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4375   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4376   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4377   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4378   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4379 
4380   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4381   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4382   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4383   */
4384   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4385     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4386     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4387   }
4388 
4389   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4390   ** file size will be.
4391   */
4392   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4393   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4394    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4395    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4396   ){
4397     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4398     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4399     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4400   }
4401 
4402   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4403     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4404 
4405     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4406     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4407     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4408     ** any such pages to the file.
4409     **
4410     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4411     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4412     */
4413     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4414       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4415       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4416 
4417       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4418       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4419 
4420       /* Encode the database */
4421       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4422 
4423       /* Write out the page data. */
4424       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4425 
4426       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4427       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4428       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4429       */
4430       if( pgno==1 ){
4431         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4432       }
4433       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4434         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4435       }
4436       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4437 
4438       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4439       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4440 
4441       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4442                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4443       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4444       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4445     }else{
4446       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4447     }
4448     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4449     pList = pList->pDirty;
4450   }
4451 
4452   return rc;
4453 }
4454 
4455 /*
4456 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4457 ** function is a no-op.
4458 **
4459 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4460 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4461 ** fails.
4462 */
4463 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4464   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4465   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4466     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4467       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4468       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4469     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4470     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4471       nStmtSpill = -1;
4472     }
4473     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4474   }
4475   return rc;
4476 }
4477 
4478 /*
4479 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4480 **
4481 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4482 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4483 **
4484 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4485 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4486 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4487 ** bitvec.
4488 */
4489 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4490   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4491   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4492   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4493 
4494     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4495     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4496     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4497     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4498     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4499          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4500          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4501     );
4502     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4503 
4504     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4505     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4506     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4507       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4508       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4509       char *pData2;
4510 
4511 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4512       if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
4513         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4514       }else
4515 #endif
4516       pData2 = pData;
4517       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4518       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4519       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4520         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4521       }
4522     }
4523   }
4524   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4525     pPager->nSubRec++;
4526     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4527     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4528   }
4529   return rc;
4530 }
4531 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4532   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4533     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4534   }else{
4535     return SQLITE_OK;
4536   }
4537 }
4538 
4539 /*
4540 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4541 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4542 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4543 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4544 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4545 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4546 ** argument.
4547 **
4548 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4549 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4550 ** journal file.
4551 **
4552 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4553 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4554 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4555 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4556 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4557 */
4558 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4559   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4560   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4561 
4562   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4563   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4564 
4565   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4566   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4567   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4568   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4569   **
4570   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4571   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4572   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4573   **
4574   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4575   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4576   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4577   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4578   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4579   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4580   */
4581   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4582   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4583   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4584   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4585   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4586    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4587       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4588   ){
4589     return SQLITE_OK;
4590   }
4591 
4592   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4593   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4594     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4595     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4596     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4597       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4598     }
4599   }else{
4600 
4601 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4602     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4603       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4604       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4605     }
4606 #endif
4607 
4608     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4609     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4610      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4611     ){
4612       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4613     }
4614 
4615     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4616     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4617       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4618       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4619     }
4620   }
4621 
4622   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4623   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4624     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4625     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4626   }
4627 
4628   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4629 }
4630 
4631 /*
4632 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4633 */
4634 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4635   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4636   if( !MEMDB ){
4637     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4638     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4639     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4640       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4641       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4642         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4643       }
4644       pList = pNext;
4645     }
4646   }
4647 
4648   return rc;
4649 }
4650 
4651 /*
4652 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4653 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4654 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4655 **
4656 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4657 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4658 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4659 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4660 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4661 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4662 **
4663 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4664 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4665 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4666 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4667 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4668 **
4669 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4670 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4671 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4672 **
4673 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4674 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4675 **
4676 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4677 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4678 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4679 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4680 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4681 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4682 */
4683 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4684   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4685   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4686   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4687   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4688   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4689   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4690   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4691 ){
4692   u8 *pPtr;
4693   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4694   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4695   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4696   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4697   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4698   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4699   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4700   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4701   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4702   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4703   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4704   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4705   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4706 
4707   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4708   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4709   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4710 
4711   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4712   *ppPager = 0;
4713 
4714 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4715   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4716     memDb = 1;
4717     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4718       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4719       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4720       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4721       zFilename = 0;
4722     }
4723   }
4724 #endif
4725 
4726   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4727   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4728   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4729   */
4730   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4731     const char *z;
4732     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4733     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4734     if( zPathname==0 ){
4735       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4736     }
4737     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4738     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4739     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4740     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4741     while( *z ){
4742       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4743       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4744     }
4745     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4746     assert( nUri>=0 );
4747     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4748       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4749       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4750       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4751       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4752       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4753       */
4754       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4755     }
4756     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4757       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4758       return rc;
4759     }
4760   }
4761 
4762   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4763   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4764   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4765   **
4766   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4767   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4768   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4769   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4770   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4771   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4772   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4773   */
4774   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4775     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4776     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4777     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4778     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4779     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4780     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4781 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4782     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4783 #endif
4784   );
4785   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4786   if( !pPtr ){
4787     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4788     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4789   }
4790   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4791   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4792   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4793   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4794   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4795   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4796   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4797 
4798   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4799   if( zPathname ){
4800     assert( nPathname>0 );
4801     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4802     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4803     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4804     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4805     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4806     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4807 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4808     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4809     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4810     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4811     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4812 #endif
4813     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4814   }
4815   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4816   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4817 
4818   /* Open the pager file.
4819   */
4820   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4821     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4822     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4823     assert( !memDb );
4824     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4825 
4826     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4827     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4828     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4829     **
4830     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4831     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4832     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4833     */
4834     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4835       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4836       if( !readOnly ){
4837         setSectorSize(pPager);
4838         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4839         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4840           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4841             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4842           }else{
4843             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4844           }
4845         }
4846 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4847         {
4848           int ii;
4849           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4850           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4851           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4852           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4853             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4854               szPageDflt = ii;
4855             }
4856           }
4857         }
4858 #endif
4859       }
4860       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4861       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4862        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4863           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4864           goto act_like_temp_file;
4865       }
4866     }
4867   }else{
4868     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4869     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4870     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4871     **
4872     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4873     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4874     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4875     **
4876     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4877     */
4878 act_like_temp_file:
4879     tempFile = 1;
4880     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4881     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4882     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4883     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4884   }
4885 
4886   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4887   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4888   */
4889   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4890     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4891     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4892     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4893   }
4894 
4895   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4896   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4897     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4898     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4899     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4900                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4901   }
4902 
4903   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4904   */
4905   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4906     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4907     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4908     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4909     return rc;
4910   }
4911 
4912   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4913   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4914 
4915   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4916   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4917   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4918   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4919   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4920   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4921   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4922   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4923   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4924   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4925   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4926   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4927           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4928   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4929   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4930   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4931   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4932   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4933   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4934   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4935   if( pPager->noSync ){
4936     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4937     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4938     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4939     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4940   }else{
4941     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4942     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4943     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4944     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
4945   }
4946   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4947   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4948   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4949   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4950   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4951   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4952   setSectorSize(pPager);
4953   if( !useJournal ){
4954     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4955   }else if( memDb ){
4956     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4957   }
4958   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4959   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4960   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4961   setGetterMethod(pPager);
4962   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4963   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4964 
4965   *ppPager = pPager;
4966   return SQLITE_OK;
4967 }
4968 
4969 
4970 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4971 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4972 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4973 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4974 */
4975 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4976   int bHasMoved = 0;
4977   int rc;
4978 
4979   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4980   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4981   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4982   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4983   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4984     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4985     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4986     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4987     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4988   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4989     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4990   }
4991   return rc;
4992 }
4993 
4994 
4995 /*
4996 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4997 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4998 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4999 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5000 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5001 **
5002 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5003 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5004 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5005 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5006 **
5007 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5008 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5009 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5010 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5011 ** is returned.
5012 **
5013 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
5014 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
5015 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5016 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5017 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5018 ** will not roll it back.
5019 **
5020 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5021 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5022 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5023 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5024 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5025 */
5026 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5027   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5028   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5029   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5030   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5031 
5032   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5033   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5034   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5035 
5036   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5037     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5038   ));
5039 
5040   *pExists = 0;
5041   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5042     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5043   }
5044   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5045     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5046 
5047     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5048     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5049     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5050     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5051     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5052     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5053     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5054     */
5055     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5056     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5057       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5058 
5059       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5060       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5061       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5062         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5063         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5064         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5065         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5066         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5067         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5068         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5069         */
5070         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5071           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5072           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5073             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5074             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5075           }
5076           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5077         }else{
5078           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5079           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5080           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5081           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5082           ** it can be ignored.
5083           */
5084           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5085             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5086             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5087           }
5088           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5089             u8 first = 0;
5090             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5091             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5092               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5093             }
5094             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5095               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5096             }
5097             *pExists = (first!=0);
5098           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5099             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5100             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5101             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5102             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5103             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5104             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5105             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5106             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5107             */
5108             *pExists = 1;
5109             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5110           }
5111         }
5112       }
5113     }
5114   }
5115 
5116   return rc;
5117 }
5118 
5119 /*
5120 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5121 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5122 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5123 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5124 **
5125 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5126 **
5127 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5128 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5129 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5130 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5131 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5132 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5133 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5134 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5135 **
5136 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5137 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5138 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5139 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5140 **      file.
5141 **
5142 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5143 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5144 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5145 */
5146 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5147   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5148 
5149   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5150   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5151   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5152   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5153   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5154   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5155   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5156   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5157 
5158   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5159     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5160 
5161     assert( !MEMDB );
5162     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5163 
5164     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5165     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5166       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5167       goto failed;
5168     }
5169 
5170     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5171     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5172     */
5173     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5174       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5175     }
5176     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5177       goto failed;
5178     }
5179     if( bHotJournal ){
5180       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5181         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5182         goto failed;
5183       }
5184 
5185       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5186       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5187       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5188       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5189       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5190       ** hot-journal back.
5191       **
5192       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5193       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5194       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5195       ** on the database file.
5196       **
5197       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5198       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5199       */
5200       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5201       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5202         goto failed;
5203       }
5204 
5205       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5206       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5207       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5208       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5209       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5210       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5211       **
5212       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5213       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5214       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5215       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5216       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5217       */
5218       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5219         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5220         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5221         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5222             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5223         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5224           int fout = 0;
5225           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5226           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5227           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5228           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5229           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5230             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5231             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5232           }
5233         }
5234       }
5235 
5236       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5237       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5238       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5239       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5240       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5241       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5242       ** the journal before playing it back.
5243       */
5244       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5245         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5246         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5247         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5248           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5249           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5250         }
5251       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5252         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5253       }
5254 
5255       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5256         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5257         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5258         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5259         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5260         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5261         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5262         **
5263         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5264         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5265         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5266         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5267         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5268         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5269         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5270         ** references.
5271         */
5272         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5273         goto failed;
5274       }
5275 
5276       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5277       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5278            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5279       );
5280     }
5281 
5282     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5283       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5284       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5285       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5286       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5287       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5288       **
5289       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5290       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5291       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5292       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5293       ** a codec is in use.
5294       **
5295       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5296       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5297       ** it can be neglected.
5298       */
5299       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5300 
5301       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5302       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5303       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5304         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5305           goto failed;
5306         }
5307         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5308       }
5309 
5310       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5311         pager_reset(pPager);
5312 
5313         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5314         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5315         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5316         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5317         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5318         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5319         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5320           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5321         }
5322       }
5323     }
5324 
5325     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5326     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5327     */
5328     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5329 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5330     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5331 #endif
5332   }
5333 
5334   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5335     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5336     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5337   }
5338 
5339   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5340     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5341   }
5342 
5343  failed:
5344   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5345     assert( !MEMDB );
5346     pager_unlock(pPager);
5347     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5348   }else{
5349     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5350     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5351   }
5352   return rc;
5353 }
5354 
5355 /*
5356 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5357 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5358 **
5359 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5360 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5361 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5362 */
5363 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5364   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5365     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5366     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5367   }
5368 }
5369 
5370 /*
5371 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5372 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5373 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5374 **
5375 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5376 ** on the current state of the pager.
5377 **
5378 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5379 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5380 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5381 **
5382 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5383 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5384 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5385 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5386 ** object with no outstanding references.
5387 **
5388 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5389 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5390 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5391 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5392 **
5393 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5394 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5395 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5396 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5397 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5398 **
5399 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5400 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5401 **
5402 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5403 **
5404 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5405 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5406 **      from the savepoint journal.
5407 **
5408 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5409 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5410 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5411 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5412 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5413 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5414 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5415 **
5416 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5417 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5418 **
5419 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5420 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5421 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5422 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5423 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5424 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5425 ** or journal files.
5426 */
5427 static int getPageNormal(
5428   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5429   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5430   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5431   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5432 ){
5433   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5434   PgHdr *pPg;
5435   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5436   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5437 
5438   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5439   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5440   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5441   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5442 
5443   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5444   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5445   if( pBase==0 ){
5446     pPg = 0;
5447     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5448     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5449     if( pBase==0 ){
5450       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5451       goto pager_acquire_err;
5452     }
5453   }
5454   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5455   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5456   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5457   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5458 
5459   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5460   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5461     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5462     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5463     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5464     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5465     return SQLITE_OK;
5466 
5467   }else{
5468     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5469     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5470     **
5471     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5472     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5473     */
5474     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5475       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5476       goto pager_acquire_err;
5477     }
5478 
5479     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5480 
5481     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5482     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5483       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5484         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5485         goto pager_acquire_err;
5486       }
5487       if( noContent ){
5488         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5489         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5490         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5491         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5492         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5493         */
5494         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5495         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5496           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5497           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5498         }
5499         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5500         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5501         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5502       }
5503       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5504       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5505     }else{
5506       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5507       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5508       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5509       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5510         goto pager_acquire_err;
5511       }
5512     }
5513     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5514   }
5515   return SQLITE_OK;
5516 
5517 pager_acquire_err:
5518   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5519   if( pPg ){
5520     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5521   }
5522   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5523   *ppPage = 0;
5524   return rc;
5525 }
5526 
5527 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5528 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5529 static int getPageMMap(
5530   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5531   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5532   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5533   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5534 ){
5535   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5536   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5537   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5538 
5539   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5540   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5541   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5542   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5543   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5544    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5545   );
5546 
5547   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5548 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5549   assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5550 #endif
5551 
5552   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5553   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5554   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5555   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5556   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5557     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5558   }
5559   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5560   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5561   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5562   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5563 
5564   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5565     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5566     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5567       *ppPage = 0;
5568       return rc;
5569     }
5570   }
5571   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5572     void *pData = 0;
5573     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5574         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5575     );
5576     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5577       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5578         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5579       }
5580       if( pPg==0 ){
5581         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5582      }else{
5583         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5584       }
5585       if( pPg ){
5586         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5587         *ppPage = pPg;
5588         return SQLITE_OK;
5589       }
5590     }
5591     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5592       *ppPage = 0;
5593       return rc;
5594     }
5595   }
5596   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5597 }
5598 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5599 
5600 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5601 static int getPageError(
5602   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5603   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5604   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5605   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5606 ){
5607   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5608   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5609   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5610   *ppPage = 0;
5611   return pPager->errCode;
5612 }
5613 
5614 
5615 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5616 */
5617 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5618   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5619   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5620   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5621   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5622 ){
5623   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5624 }
5625 
5626 /*
5627 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5628 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5629 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5630 **
5631 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5632 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5633 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5634 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5635 ** has ever happened.
5636 */
5637 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5638   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5639   assert( pPager!=0 );
5640   assert( pgno!=0 );
5641   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5642   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5643   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5644   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5645   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5646 }
5647 
5648 /*
5649 ** Release a page reference.
5650 **
5651 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5652 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5653 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5654 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5655 **
5656 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5657 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5658 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5659 */
5660 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5661   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5662   assert( pPg!=0 );
5663   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5664     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5665     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5666   }else{
5667     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5668   }
5669   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5670   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5671 }
5672 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5673   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5674 }
5675 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5676   Pager *pPager;
5677   assert( pPg!=0 );
5678   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5679   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5680   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5681   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5682   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5683 }
5684 
5685 /*
5686 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5687 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5688 ** file when this routine is called.
5689 **
5690 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5691 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5692 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5693 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5694 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5695 **
5696 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5697 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5698 ** already open file.
5699 **
5700 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5701 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5702 **
5703 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5704 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5705 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5706 */
5707 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5708   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5709   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5710 
5711   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5712   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5713   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5714 
5715   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5716   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5717   ** an error state. */
5718   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5719 
5720   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5721     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5722     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5723       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5724     }
5725 
5726     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5727     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5728       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5729         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5730       }else{
5731         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5732         int nSpill;
5733 
5734         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5735           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5736           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5737         }else{
5738           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5739           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5740         }
5741 
5742         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5743         ** it was originally opened. */
5744         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5745         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5746           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5747               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5748           );
5749         }
5750       }
5751       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5752     }
5753 
5754 
5755     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5756     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5757     */
5758     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5759       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5760       pPager->nRec = 0;
5761       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5762       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5763       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5764       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5765     }
5766   }
5767 
5768   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5769     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5770     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5771   }else{
5772     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5773     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5774   }
5775 
5776   return rc;
5777 }
5778 
5779 /*
5780 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5781 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5782 **
5783 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5784 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5785 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5786 ** functions need be called.
5787 **
5788 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5789 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5790 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5791 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5792 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5793 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5794 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5795 */
5796 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5797   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5798 
5799   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5800   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5801   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5802 
5803   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5804     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5805 
5806     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5807       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5808       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5809       */
5810       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5811         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5812         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5813           return rc;
5814         }
5815         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5816       }
5817 
5818       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5819       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5820       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5821       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5822       */
5823       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5824     }else{
5825       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5826       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5827       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5828       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5829       */
5830       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5831       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5832         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5833       }
5834     }
5835 
5836     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5837       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5838       **
5839       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5840       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5841       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5842       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5843       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5844       ** WAL mode.
5845       */
5846       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5847       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5848       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5849       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5850       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5851     }
5852 
5853     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5854     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5855     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5856   }
5857 
5858   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5859   return rc;
5860 }
5861 
5862 /*
5863 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5864 */
5865 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5866   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5867   int rc;
5868   u32 cksum;
5869   char *pData2;
5870   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5871 
5872   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5873   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5874   ** that we do not. */
5875   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5876 
5877   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5878   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5879   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5880 
5881   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5882   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5883   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5884   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5885   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5886   ** then corruption may follow.
5887   */
5888   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5889 
5890   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5891   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5892   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5893   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5894   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5895   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5896 
5897   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5898            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5899   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5900   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5901        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5902        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5903 
5904   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5905   pPager->nRec++;
5906   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5907   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5908   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5909   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5910   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5911   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5912   return rc;
5913 }
5914 
5915 /*
5916 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5917 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5918 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5919 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5920 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5921 */
5922 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5923   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5924   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5925 
5926   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5927   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5928   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5929   */
5930   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5931        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5932        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5933   );
5934   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5935   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5936   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5937   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5938 
5939   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5940   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5941   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5942   **
5943   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5944   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5945   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5946   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5947   */
5948   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5949     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5950     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5951   }
5952   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5953   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5954 
5955   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5956   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5957 
5958   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5959   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5960   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5961   */
5962   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5963   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5964    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5965   ){
5966     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5967     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5968       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5969       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5970         return rc;
5971       }
5972     }else{
5973       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5974         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5975       }
5976       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5977               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5978              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5979     }
5980   }
5981 
5982   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5983   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5984   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5985   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5986   */
5987   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5988 
5989   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5990   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5991   */
5992   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5993     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5994   }
5995 
5996   /* Update the database size and return. */
5997   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5998     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5999   }
6000   return rc;
6001 }
6002 
6003 /*
6004 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6005 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6006 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6007 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6008 ** a write.
6009 **
6010 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6011 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6012 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6013 */
6014 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6015   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6016   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6017   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6018   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6019   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6020   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6021   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6022   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6023 
6024   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6025   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6026   ** this function.
6027   */
6028   assert( !MEMDB );
6029   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6030   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6031 
6032   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6033   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6034   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6035   */
6036   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6037 
6038   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6039   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6040     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6041   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6042     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6043   }else{
6044     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6045   }
6046   assert(nPage>0);
6047   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6048   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6049 
6050   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6051     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6052     PgHdr *pPage;
6053     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6054       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6055         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6056         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6057           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6058           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6059             needSync = 1;
6060           }
6061           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6062         }
6063       }
6064     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6065       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6066         needSync = 1;
6067       }
6068       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6069     }
6070   }
6071 
6072   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6073   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6074   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6075   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6076   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6077   */
6078   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6079     assert( !MEMDB );
6080     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6081       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6082       if( pPage ){
6083         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6084         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6085       }
6086     }
6087   }
6088 
6089   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6090   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6091   return rc;
6092 }
6093 
6094 /*
6095 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6096 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6097 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6098 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6099 **
6100 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6101 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6102 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6103 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6104 **
6105 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6106 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6107 */
6108 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6109   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6110   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6111   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6112   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6113   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6114     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6115     return SQLITE_OK;
6116   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6117     return pPager->errCode;
6118   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6119     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6120     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6121   }else{
6122     return pager_write(pPg);
6123   }
6124 }
6125 
6126 /*
6127 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6128 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6129 ** to change the content of the page.
6130 */
6131 #ifndef NDEBUG
6132 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6133   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6134 }
6135 #endif
6136 
6137 /*
6138 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6139 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6140 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6141 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6142 ** content no longer matters.
6143 **
6144 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6145 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6146 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6147 **
6148 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6149 ** DELETE operations.
6150 **
6151 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6152 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6153 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6154 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6155 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6156 */
6157 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6158   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6159   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6160     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6161     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6162     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6163     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6164     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6165     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6166   }
6167 }
6168 
6169 /*
6170 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6171 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6172 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6173 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6174 **
6175 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6176 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6177 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6178 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6179 **
6180 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6181 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6182 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6183 ** transaction is committed.
6184 **
6185 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6186 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6187 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6188 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6189 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6190 */
6191 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6192   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6193 
6194   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6195        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6196   );
6197   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6198 
6199   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6200   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6201   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6202   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6203   **
6204   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6205   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6206   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6207   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6208   */
6209 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6210 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6211   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6212   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6213 #else
6214 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6215 #endif
6216 
6217   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6218     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6219 
6220     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6221 
6222     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6223     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6224     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6225 
6226     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6227     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6228     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6229     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6230     */
6231     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6232       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6233     }
6234 
6235     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6236       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6237       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6238 
6239       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6240       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6241         const void *zBuf;
6242         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6243         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6244         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6245           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6246           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6247         }
6248         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6249           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6250           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6251           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6252           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6253           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6254           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6255         }
6256       }else{
6257         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6258       }
6259     }
6260 
6261     /* Release the page reference. */
6262     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6263   }
6264   return rc;
6265 }
6266 
6267 /*
6268 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6269 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6270 **
6271 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6272 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6273 */
6274 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6275   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6276 
6277   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6278     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6279     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6280     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6281   }
6282   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6283     assert( !MEMDB );
6284     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6285   }
6286   return rc;
6287 }
6288 
6289 /*
6290 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6291 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6292 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6293 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6294 **
6295 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6296 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6297 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6298 ** returned.
6299 */
6300 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6301   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6302   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6303   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6304     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6305          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6306          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6307     );
6308     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6309     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6310       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6311     }
6312   }
6313   return rc;
6314 }
6315 
6316 /*
6317 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6318 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6319 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6320 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6321 **
6322 ** This routine ensures that:
6323 **
6324 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6325 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6326 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6327 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6328 **   * the database file synced.
6329 **
6330 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6331 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6332 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6333 **
6334 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6335 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6336 **
6337 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6338 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6339 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6340 ** journal file in this case.
6341 */
6342 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6343   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6344   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6345   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6346 ){
6347   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6348 
6349   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6350        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6351        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6352        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6353   );
6354   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6355 
6356   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6357   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6358 
6359   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6360   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6361 
6362   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6363       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6364 
6365   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6366   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6367 
6368   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6369   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6370   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6371     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6372     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6373     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6374     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6375   }else{
6376     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6377       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6378       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6379       if( pList==0 ){
6380         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6381         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6382         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6383         pList = pPageOne;
6384         pList->pDirty = 0;
6385       }
6386       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6387       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6388         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6389       }
6390       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6391       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6392         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6393       }
6394     }else{
6395       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6396       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6397       ** is enabled.
6398       */
6399       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6400 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6401       const int bBatch = zMaster==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6402         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6403         && !pPager->noSync
6404         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6405 #else
6406 # define bBatch 0
6407 #endif
6408 
6409 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6410       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6411       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6412       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6413       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6414       **
6415       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6416       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6417       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6418       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6419       **
6420       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6421       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6422       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6423       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6424       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6425       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6426       ** mode.
6427       **
6428       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6429       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6430       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6431       ** created for this transaction.
6432       */
6433       if( bBatch==0 ){
6434         PgHdr *pPg;
6435         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6436             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6437             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6438             );
6439         if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6440          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6441          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6442          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6443         ){
6444           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6445           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6446           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6447           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6448           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6449           */
6450           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6451         }else{
6452           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6453           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6454             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6455           }
6456         }
6457       }
6458 #else
6459 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6460       if( zMaster ){
6461         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6462         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6463       }
6464 #endif
6465       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6466 #endif
6467       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6468 
6469       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6470       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6471       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6472       */
6473       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6474       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6475 
6476       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6477       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6478       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6479       **
6480       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6481       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6482       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6483       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6484       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6485       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6486       */
6487       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6488       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6489 
6490       if( bBatch ){
6491         /* The pager is now in DBMOD state. But regardless of what happens
6492         ** next, attempting to play the journal back into the database would
6493         ** be unsafe. Close it now to make sure that does not happen.  */
6494         sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6495         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6496         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6497       }
6498       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6499       if( bBatch ){
6500         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6501           rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6502         }else{
6503           sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6504         }
6505       }
6506 
6507       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6508         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6509         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6510       }
6511       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6512 
6513       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6514       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6515       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6516       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6517       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6518       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6519       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6520         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6521         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6522         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6523         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6524       }
6525 
6526       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6527       if( !noSync ){
6528         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6529       }
6530       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6531     }
6532   }
6533 
6534 commit_phase_one_exit:
6535   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6536     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6537   }
6538   return rc;
6539 }
6540 
6541 
6542 /*
6543 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6544 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6545 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6546 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6547 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6548 **
6549 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6550 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6551 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6552 ** irrevocably committed.
6553 **
6554 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6555 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6556 */
6557 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6558   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6559 
6560   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6561   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6562   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6563   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6564 
6565   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6566        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6567        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6568   );
6569   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6570 
6571   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6572   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6573   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6574   **
6575   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6576   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6577   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6578   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6579   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6580   ** to drop any locks either.
6581   */
6582   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6583    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6584    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6585   ){
6586     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6587     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6588     return SQLITE_OK;
6589   }
6590 
6591   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6592   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6593   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6594   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6595 }
6596 
6597 /*
6598 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6599 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6600 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6601 ** state if an error occurs.
6602 **
6603 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6604 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6605 **
6606 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6607 **
6608 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6609 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6610 **      was opened, and
6611 **
6612 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6613 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6614 **
6615 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6616 ** rollback is successful.
6617 **
6618 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6619 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6620 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6621 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6622 */
6623 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6624   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6625   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6626 
6627   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6628   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6629   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6630   */
6631   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6632   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6633   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6634 
6635   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6636     int rc2;
6637     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6638     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6639     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6640   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6641     int eState = pPager->eState;
6642     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6643     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6644       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6645       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6646       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6647       */
6648       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6649       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6650       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6651       return rc;
6652     }
6653   }else{
6654     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6655   }
6656 
6657   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6658   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6659           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6660           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6661   );
6662 
6663   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6664   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6665   */
6666   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6667 }
6668 
6669 /*
6670 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6671 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6672 */
6673 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6674   return pPager->readOnly;
6675 }
6676 
6677 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6678 /*
6679 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6680 */
6681 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6682   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6683 }
6684 #endif
6685 
6686 /*
6687 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6688 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6689 */
6690 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6691   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6692                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6693   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6694            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6695            + pPager->pageSize;
6696 }
6697 
6698 /*
6699 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6700 */
6701 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6702   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6703 }
6704 
6705 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6706 /*
6707 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6708 */
6709 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6710   static int a[11];
6711   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6712   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6713   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6714   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6715   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6716   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6717   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6718   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6719   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6720   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6721   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6722   return a;
6723 }
6724 #endif
6725 
6726 /*
6727 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6728 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6729 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6730 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6731 ** returning.
6732 */
6733 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6734 
6735   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6736        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6737        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6738   );
6739 
6740   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6741   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6742   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6743 
6744   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6745   if( reset ){
6746     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6747   }
6748 }
6749 
6750 /*
6751 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6752 */
6753 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6754   return pPager->tempFile;
6755 }
6756 
6757 /*
6758 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6759 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6760 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6761 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6762 **
6763 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6764 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6765 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6766 */
6767 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6768   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6769   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6770   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6771   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6772 
6773   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6774   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6775   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6776 
6777   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6778   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6779   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6780   */
6781   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6782       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6783   );
6784   if( !aNew ){
6785     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6786   }
6787   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6788   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6789 
6790   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6791   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6792     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6793     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6794       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6795     }else{
6796       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6797     }
6798     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6799     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6800     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6801       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6802     }
6803     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6804       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6805     }
6806     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6807   }
6808   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6809   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6810   return rc;
6811 }
6812 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6813   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6814   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6815 
6816   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6817     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6818   }else{
6819     return SQLITE_OK;
6820   }
6821 }
6822 
6823 
6824 /*
6825 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6826 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6827 ** created savepoint.
6828 **
6829 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6830 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6831 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6832 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6833 **
6834 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6835 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6836 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6837 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6838 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6839 **
6840 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6841 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6842 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6843 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6844 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6845 **
6846 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6847 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6848 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6849 **
6850 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6851 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6852 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6853 */
6854 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6855   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6856 
6857 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6858   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6859 #endif
6860 
6861   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6862   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6863 
6864   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6865     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6866     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6867 
6868     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6869     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6870     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6871     */
6872     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6873     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6874       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6875     }
6876     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6877 
6878     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6879     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6880     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6881       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6882         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6883         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6884           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6885           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6886         }
6887         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6888       }
6889     }
6890     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6891     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6892     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6893     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6894     */
6895     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6896       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6897       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6898       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6899     }
6900 
6901 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6902     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6903     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6904     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6905     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6906     else if(
6907         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6908      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6909     ){
6910       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6911       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6912       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6913     }
6914 #endif
6915   }
6916 
6917   return rc;
6918 }
6919 
6920 /*
6921 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6922 **
6923 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6924 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6925 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6926 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6927 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6928 ** participate in shared-cache.
6929 */
6930 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6931   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6932 }
6933 
6934 /*
6935 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6936 */
6937 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6938   return pPager->pVfs;
6939 }
6940 
6941 /*
6942 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6943 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6944 ** not yet been opened.
6945 */
6946 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6947   return pPager->fd;
6948 }
6949 
6950 /*
6951 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6952 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6953 */
6954 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6955 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6956   return pPager->jfd;
6957 #else
6958   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6959 #endif
6960 }
6961 
6962 /*
6963 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6964 */
6965 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6966   return pPager->zJournal;
6967 }
6968 
6969 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6970 /*
6971 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6972 */
6973 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6974   Pager *pPager,
6975   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6976   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6977   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6978   void *pCodec
6979 ){
6980   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6981   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6982   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6983   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6984   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6985   setGetterMethod(pPager);
6986   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6987 }
6988 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6989   return pPager->pCodec;
6990 }
6991 
6992 /*
6993 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6994 ** into the log file.
6995 **
6996 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6997 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6998 */
6999 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
7000   void *aData = 0;
7001   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
7002   return aData;
7003 }
7004 
7005 /*
7006 ** Return the current pager state
7007 */
7008 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
7009   return pPager->eState;
7010 }
7011 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
7012 
7013 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7014 /*
7015 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7016 **
7017 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7018 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7019 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7020 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7021 **
7022 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7023 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7024 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7025 **
7026 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7027 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7028 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7029 ** transaction is active).
7030 **
7031 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7032 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7033 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7034 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7035 **
7036 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7037 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7038 */
7039 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7040   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7041   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7042   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7043   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7044 
7045   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7046   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7047        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7048   );
7049   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7050 
7051   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7052   ** the page we are moving from.
7053   */
7054   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7055   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7056     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7057     if( rc ) return rc;
7058   }
7059 
7060   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7061   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7062   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7063   **
7064   **   BEGIN;
7065   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7066   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7067   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7068   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7069   **
7070   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7071   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7072   ** statement were is processed.
7073   **
7074   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7075   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7076   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7077   */
7078   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7079    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7080   ){
7081     return rc;
7082   }
7083 
7084   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7085       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7086   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7087 
7088   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7089   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7090   **
7091   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7092   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7093   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7094   */
7095   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7096     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7097     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7098             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7099     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7100   }
7101 
7102   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7103   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7104   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7105   ** for the page moved there.
7106   */
7107   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7108   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7109   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
7110   if( pPgOld ){
7111     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7112     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7113       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7114       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7115       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7116     }else{
7117       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7118     }
7119   }
7120 
7121   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7122   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7123   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7124 
7125   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7126   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7127   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7128   */
7129   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7130     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7131     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7132   }
7133 
7134   if( needSyncPgno ){
7135     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7136     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7137     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7138     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7139     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7140     ** flag.
7141     **
7142     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7143     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7144     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7145     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7146     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7147     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7148     */
7149     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7150     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7151     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7152       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7153         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7154         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7155       }
7156       return rc;
7157     }
7158     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7159     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7160     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7161   }
7162 
7163   return SQLITE_OK;
7164 }
7165 #endif
7166 
7167 /*
7168 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7169 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7170 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7171 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7172 */
7173 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7174   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7175   pPg->flags = flags;
7176   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7177 }
7178 
7179 /*
7180 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7181 */
7182 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7183   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7184   return pPg->pData;
7185 }
7186 
7187 /*
7188 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7189 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7190 */
7191 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7192   return pPg->pExtra;
7193 }
7194 
7195 /*
7196 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7197 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7198 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7199 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7200 **
7201 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7202 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7203 ** locking-mode.
7204 */
7205 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7206   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7207             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7208             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7209   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7210   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7211   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7212   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7213     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7214   }
7215   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7216 }
7217 
7218 /*
7219 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7220 **
7221 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7222 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7223 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7224 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7225 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7226 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7227 **
7228 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7229 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7230 **
7231 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7232 **      or _MEMORY.
7233 **
7234 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7235 **
7236 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7237 */
7238 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7239   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7240 
7241 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
7242   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7243   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7244   print_pager_state(pPager);
7245 #endif
7246 
7247 
7248   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7249   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7250             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7251             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7252             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7253             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7254             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7255 
7256   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7257   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7258   ** to WAL mode.
7259   */
7260   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7261 
7262   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7263   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7264   */
7265   if( MEMDB ){
7266     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7267     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7268       eMode = eOld;
7269     }
7270   }
7271 
7272   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7273 
7274     /* Change the journal mode. */
7275     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7276     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7277 
7278     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7279     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7280     ** delete the journal file.
7281     */
7282     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7283     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7284     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7285     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7286     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7287     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7288 
7289     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7290     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7291 
7292       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7293       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7294       ** here is an optimization only.
7295       **
7296       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7297       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7298       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7299       */
7300       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7301       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7302         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7303       }else{
7304         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7305         int state = pPager->eState;
7306         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7307         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7308           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7309         }
7310         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7311           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7312           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7313         }
7314         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7315           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7316         }
7317         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7318           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7319         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7320           pager_unlock(pPager);
7321         }
7322         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7323       }
7324     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7325       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7326     }
7327   }
7328 
7329   /* Return the new journal mode */
7330   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7331 }
7332 
7333 /*
7334 ** Return the current journal mode.
7335 */
7336 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7337   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7338 }
7339 
7340 /*
7341 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7342 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7343 ** is unmodified.
7344 */
7345 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7346   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7347   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7348   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7349   return 1;
7350 }
7351 
7352 /*
7353 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7354 **
7355 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7356 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7357 */
7358 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7359   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7360     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7361     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7362   }
7363   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7364 }
7365 
7366 /*
7367 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7368 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7369 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7370 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7371 */
7372 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7373   return &pPager->pBackup;
7374 }
7375 
7376 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7377 /*
7378 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7379 */
7380 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7381   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7382   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7383 }
7384 #endif
7385 
7386 
7387 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7388 /*
7389 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7390 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7391 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7392 **
7393 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7394 */
7395 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7396   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7397   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7398   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7399   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7400   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7401 ){
7402   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7403   if( pPager->pWal ){
7404     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7405         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7406         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7407         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7408         pnLog, pnCkpt
7409     );
7410   }
7411   return rc;
7412 }
7413 
7414 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7415   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7416 }
7417 
7418 /*
7419 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7420 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7421 */
7422 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7423   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7424   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7425   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7426 }
7427 
7428 /*
7429 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7430 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7431 */
7432 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7433   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7434 
7435   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7436   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7437   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7438     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7439     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7440     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7441   }
7442 
7443   return rc;
7444 }
7445 
7446 /*
7447 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7448 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7449 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7450 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7451 */
7452 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7453   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7454 
7455   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7456   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7457 
7458   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7459   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7460   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7461   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7462   */
7463   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7464     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7465   }
7466 
7467   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7468   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7469   */
7470   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7471     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7472         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7473         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7474     );
7475   }
7476   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7477 
7478   return rc;
7479 }
7480 
7481 
7482 /*
7483 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7484 ** this function.
7485 **
7486 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7487 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7488 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7489 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7490 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7491 ** not modified in either case.
7492 **
7493 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7494 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7495 ** without doing anything.
7496 */
7497 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7498   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7499   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7500 ){
7501   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7502 
7503   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7504   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7505   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7506   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7507   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7508 
7509   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7510     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7511 
7512     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7513     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7514 
7515     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7516     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7517       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7518       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7519     }
7520   }else{
7521     *pbOpen = 1;
7522   }
7523 
7524   return rc;
7525 }
7526 
7527 /*
7528 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7529 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7530 **
7531 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7532 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7533 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7534 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7535 */
7536 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7537   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7538 
7539   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7540 
7541   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7542   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7543   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7544   */
7545   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7546     int logexists = 0;
7547     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7548     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7549       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7550           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7551       );
7552     }
7553     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7554       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7555     }
7556   }
7557 
7558   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7559   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7560   */
7561   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7562     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7563     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7564       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7565                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7566       pPager->pWal = 0;
7567       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7568       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7569     }
7570   }
7571   return rc;
7572 }
7573 
7574 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7575 /*
7576 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7577 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7578 */
7579 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7580   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7581   if( pPager->pWal ){
7582     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7583   }
7584   return rc;
7585 }
7586 
7587 /*
7588 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7589 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7590 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7591 */
7592 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7593   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7594   if( pPager->pWal ){
7595     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7596   }else{
7597     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7598   }
7599   return rc;
7600 }
7601 
7602 /*
7603 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7604 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7605 */
7606 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7607   int rc;
7608   if( pPager->pWal ){
7609     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7610   }else{
7611     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7612   }
7613   return rc;
7614 }
7615 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7616 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7617 
7618 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7619 /*
7620 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7621 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7622 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7623 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7624 ** is empty, return 0.
7625 */
7626 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7627   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7628   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7629 }
7630 #endif
7631 
7632 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7633